blob: 51626b4175c00957891a62968ff3cdaf4aad7183 [file] [log] [blame]
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -070013 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070014 *
15 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
16 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
17 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
18 *
19 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
20 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
21 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
22 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
23 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
24 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
25 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
26 *
27 */
28
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080029/*
30 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
31 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
32 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
33 *
34 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
35 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
36 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
37 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
38 * can actually be identified and removed.
39 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
40 */
41
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070042#include <linux/types.h>
43
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -070044#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
45
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080046#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -080051#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -080052#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
53
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -070054/**
55 * DOC: Station handling
56 *
57 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
58 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
59 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
60 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
61 * to.
62 *
63 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
64 * capabilities.
65 *
66 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
67 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
68 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
69 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
70 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
71 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
72 * time mark it authorized.
73 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
74 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
75 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
76 *
77 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
78 */
79
80/**
81 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
82 *
83 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
84 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
85 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
86 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
87 * for various reasons.
88 *
89 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
90 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
91 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
92 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
93 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
94 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
95 * for doing that.
96 *
97 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
98 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
99 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
100 *
101 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
102 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
103 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
104 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
105 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
106 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
107 *
108 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
109 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
110 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
111 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
112 *
113 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
114 * below.
115 */
116
117/**
118 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
119 *
120 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
121 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
122 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
123 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
124 *
125 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
126 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
127 * types there no concurrency is implied.
128 *
129 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
130 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
131 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
132 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
133 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
134 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
135 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
136 *
137 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
138 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
139 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
140 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
141 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
142 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
143 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
144 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
145 *
146 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
147 * interfaces that a given device supports.
148 */
149
150/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700151 * DOC: packet coalesce support
152 *
153 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
154 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
155 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
156 * and power consumption.
157 *
158 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
159 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
160 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
161 * following events occur.
162 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
163 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
164 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
165 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
166 *
167 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
168 * rule.
169 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
170 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
171 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
172 * Multiple such rules can be created.
173 */
174
175/**
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -0800176 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
177 *
178 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
179 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
180 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
181 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
182 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
183 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
184 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
185 *
186 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
187 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
188 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
189 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
190 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
191 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
192 *
193 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
194 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
195 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
196 */
197
198/**
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700199 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
200 *
201 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
202 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
203 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
204 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
205 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
206 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
207 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
208 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
211 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
212 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
213 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
214 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
215 *
216 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
217 * below additional parameters to userspace.
218 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
219 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
220 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
221 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
222 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
223 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
224 *
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
226 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
227 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
228 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
229 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
230 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
231 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
232 */
233
234/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700235 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
236 *
237 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
238 *
239 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
240 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
241 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
243 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
244 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
245 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
247 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
248 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
249 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
250 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
251 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
252 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
254 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
255 *
256 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800257 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
258 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700259 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
260 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
261 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
262 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
264 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
265 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
267 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
268 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
269 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
270 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
271 *
272 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
273 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
274 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
275 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
276 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
278 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
280 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
281 *
282 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
283 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
284 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
285 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
286 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
287 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
288 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
289 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
290 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
291 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
292 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
293 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
297 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
299 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
300 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
301 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
302 *
303 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
304 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
305 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
306 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
307 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
308 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
309 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
310 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800311 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
312 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
313 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
314 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
315 * frame).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700316 *
317 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
318 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
320 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
324 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
325 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
326 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
327 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
328 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
329 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
330 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
331 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
333 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
334 *
335 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800336 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
337 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
338 * global regdomain will be returned.
339 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
340 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
341 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
342 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
343 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
344 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
345 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
346 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
347 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700348 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
349 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
350 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
351 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
352 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
353 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
358 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
359 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
360 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
361 *
362 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
363 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
364 *
365 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
369 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
370 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
371 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
372 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
373 * added to all specified management frames generated by
374 * kernel/firmware/driver.
375 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
376 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
377 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
378 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
379 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
380 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
381 *
382 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
383 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
384 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800385 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700386 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
387 * be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700388 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
389 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
390 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
391 * partial scan results may be available
392 *
393 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800394 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
396 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
397 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
398 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
399 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
400 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
401 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
402 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700403 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
404 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
405 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
406 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
407 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
408 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
409 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
410 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800411 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
412 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700413 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
414 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700416 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
417 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
418 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700419 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
420 * results available.
421 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
422 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
423 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
424 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
425 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
426 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
427 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
428 *
429 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
430 * or noise level
431 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
432 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
433 *
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700434 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
436 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
437 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
439 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
440 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
441 * ESS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700442 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700443 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
444 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
445 * authentication.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700446 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
447 *
448 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
449 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
450 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
451 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
452 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
453 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
454 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
455 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
456 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
457 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
458 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
459 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
460 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
461 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
462 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
463 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
464 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
465 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
466 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
467 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
468 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
469 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
470 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
471 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
472 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
473 * the beacon hint was processed.
474 *
475 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
476 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
477 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
478 * authentication process.
479 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
480 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
481 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
482 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
483 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
484 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
485 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
486 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
487 * to be added to the frame.
488 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
489 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
490 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
491 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
492 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
493 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
494 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
495 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
496 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
497 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
498 * pending authentication timed out).
499 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
500 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
501 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700502 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
503 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
504 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
505 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
506 * included).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700507 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
508 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
509 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
510 * primitives).
511 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
512 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
513 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
516 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
517 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
518 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
519 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
520 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
521 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
522 *
523 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
524 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
525 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
526 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
527 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
528 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
529 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
530 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
531 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
532 * determined by the network interface.
533 *
534 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
535 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
536 * to the driver.
537 *
538 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
539 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
540 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
541 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
542 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
543 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700544 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
545 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
547 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
548 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
549 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
550 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
551 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
552 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
553 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
554 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
555 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700556 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
557 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
558 * a different BSS is desired.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700559 * Background scan period can optionally be
560 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
561 * if not specified default background scan configuration
562 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
563 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
564 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
565 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -0800566 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
567 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
568 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
569 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
570 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
571 * well to remain backwards compatible.
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -0800572 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: notifcation indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
573 * When the driver roamed in a network that requires 802.1X authentication,
574 * %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED should be set if the 802.1X authentication
575 * was done by the driver or if roaming was done using Fast Transition
576 * protocol (in which case 802.1X authentication is not needed). If
577 * %NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED is not set, user space is responsible for
578 * the 802.1X authentication.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700579 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
580 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
581 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
582 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
583 *
584 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
585 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
586 *
587 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
588 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
589 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
590 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
591 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
592 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
593 * frequency for the operation.
594 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
595 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
596 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
597 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
598 * radio).
599 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
600 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
601 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
602 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
603 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
604 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
605 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
606 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
607 * uniquely identify the request.
608 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
609 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
610 *
611 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
612 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
613 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
614 *
615 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
616 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
617 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
618 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
619 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
620 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
621 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
622 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
623 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
624 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
625 * backward compatibility
626 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
627 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
628 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
629 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
630 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
631 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
632 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
633 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
634 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
635 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
636 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
637 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
638 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
639 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
640 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -0700641 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
642 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
643 * is used during CSA period.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700644 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
645 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
646 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
647 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
648 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
649 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
650 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
651 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
652 * the frame.
653 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
654 * backward compatibility.
655 *
656 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
657 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
658 *
659 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
660 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
661 * levels.
662 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
663 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
664 * reached.
665 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
666 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
667 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
668 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
669 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
670 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
671 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
672 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
673 * precedence when they are used.
674 *
675 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
676 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -0800677 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
678 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
679 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
680 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
681 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
682 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
683 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
684 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
685 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
686 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
687 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
688 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
689 * command, the feature is disabled.
690 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700691 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
692 * mesh config parameters may be given.
693 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
694 * network is determined by the network interface.
695 *
696 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
697 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
698 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
699 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
700 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
701 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
702 *
703 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
704 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
705 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
706 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
707 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
709 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
710 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
711 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
712 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
713 * depending on the authentication result.
714 *
715 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
716 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
717 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
718 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
719 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
720 * more background information, see
721 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
722 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
723 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
724 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
725 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
726 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
727 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
728 *
729 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
730 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
731 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
732 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
733 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
734 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
735 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
736 *
737 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
738 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
739 *
740 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
741 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
742 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
743 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
744 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
745 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
746 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700747 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
748 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
749 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
750 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
751 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
752 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
753 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
754 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700755 *
756 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
757 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
758 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
759 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
760 * is received.
761 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
762 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
763 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
764 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
765 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
766 *
767 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
768 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
769 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
770 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
771 *
772 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
773 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
774 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
775 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
776 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
777 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
778 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
779 *
780 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
781 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
782 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
783 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
784 *
785 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
786 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
787 *
788 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
789 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
790 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800791 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
792 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
793 * from the remote AP) is completed;
794 *
795 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
796 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
797 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
798 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
799 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
800 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
801 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
802 * interfaces to change channel as well.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700803 *
804 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
805 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
806 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
807 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
808 * public action frame TX.
809 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
811 *
812 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
813 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
814 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
815 * is used for this.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
818 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
819 *
820 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
821 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
822 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
823 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
824 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
825 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
826 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
827 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
828 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
829 *
830 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
831 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
832 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
833 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
834 * while operating on this channel.
835 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
836 * event.
837 *
838 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
839 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
840 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
841 *
842 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
843 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
844 *
845 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
846 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
847 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
848 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
849 *
850 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
851 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
852 * complete.
853 *
854 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
855 * return back to normal.
856 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -0700857 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
858 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
859 *
860 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
861 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
862 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
863 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
864 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
865 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
866 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
867 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
868 * switch is complete.
869 *
870 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
871 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
872 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
873 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
874 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
875 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
876 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
877 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
878 *
879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
880 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
881 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
882 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
883 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
884 *
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -0800885 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
886 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
887 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
888 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
889 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
890 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
891 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
892 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
893 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
894 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
895 * fail even if the check was successful.
896 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
897 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
898 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
899 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
900 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -0800901 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
902 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
903 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
904 *
905 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
906 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
907 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
908 * network is determined by the network interface.
909 *
910 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
911 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
912 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
913 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
914 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
915 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
916 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
917 * AP.
918 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
919 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
920 * when this command completes.
921 *
922 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
923 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
924 * management.
925 *
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -0700926 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
927 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
928 * cfg80211_scan_done().
929 *
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800930 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700931 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
932 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
933 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
934 * cluster. This command must have a valid
935 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
937 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
938 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
939 * added.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800940 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
941 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
942 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
943 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
944 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
945 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
946 * of the function upon success.
947 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
948 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
949 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
950 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
951 * which just terminated.
952 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
953 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
954 * the response to this command.
955 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
956 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
957 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
958 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
959 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -0700960 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
961 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
962 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
963 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
964 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
965 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
966 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
967 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -0800968 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
969 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
970 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
971 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -0800972 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
973 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
974 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
975 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
976 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
977 *
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -0800978 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
979 * for the given authenticator address (specified with &NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
980 * When &NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, &NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
981 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
982 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
983 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
984 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
985 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -0700986 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
987 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
988 */
989enum nl80211_commands {
990/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
991 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
992
993 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
994 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
995 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
996 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
997
998 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
999 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1000 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1001 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1002
1003 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1004 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1005 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1006 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1007
1008 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1009 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1010 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1011 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1012 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1013 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1014
1015 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1016 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1017 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1018 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1019
1020 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1021 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1022 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1023 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1024
1025 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1026
1027 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1028 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1029
1030 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1031 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1032
1033 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1034
1035 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1036
1037 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1038 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1039 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1040 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1041
1042 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1043
1044 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1045 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1046 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1047 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1048
1049 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1050
1051 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1054 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1055
1056 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1057
1058 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1059 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1060 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1061
1062 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1063
1064 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1065 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1066
1067 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1068 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1069 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1070
1071 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1072 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1073
1074 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1075
1076 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1077 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1078 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1079 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1080 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1081 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1082
1083 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1084 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1085
1086 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1087 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1088
1089 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1090 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1091
1092 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1093
1094 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1095 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1096
1097 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1098 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1099
1100 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1101
1102 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1103 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1104
1105 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1106 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1107 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1108 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1109
1110 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1111
1112 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1113
1114 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1115 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1116
1117 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1118
1119 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1122
1123 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1124
1125 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1126
1127 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1128
1129 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1130 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1131
1132 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1133
1134 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1135
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1137
1138 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1139
1140 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1141
1142 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1143 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1144
1145 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1146 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1147
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001148 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1149 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1150
1151 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1152
1153 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1154
1155 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1156
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001157 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1158 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1159
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001160 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1163 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1164
1165 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1166
1167 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1168 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1169
1170 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1171
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001172 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1173
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001174 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1175 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1176 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1177 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1178 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1179 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1180
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001181 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1182
1183 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1184
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08001185 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1186 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1187
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001188 /* add new commands above here */
1189
1190 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1191 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1192 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1193};
1194
1195/*
1196 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1197 * here
1198 */
1199#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1200#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1201#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1202#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1203#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1204#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1205#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1206#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1207
1208#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1209
1210/* source-level API compatibility */
1211#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1212#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1213#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1214
1215/**
1216 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1217 *
1218 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1219 *
1220 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1221 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1222 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1223 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1224 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1225 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1226 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1227 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1228 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1229 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1230 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1231 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1232 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1233 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1234 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1235 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1236 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1237 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1238 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1239 * this attribute)
1240 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1241 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1242 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1243 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1244 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1245 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1246 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1247 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1248 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1249 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1250 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1251 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1252 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1253 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1254 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1255 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1256 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1257 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1258 *
1259 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1260 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1261 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1262 *
1263 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1264 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1265 *
1266 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1267 *
1268 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1269 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1270 * keys
1271 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1272 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1273 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1274 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1275 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1276 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1277 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1278 * default management key
1279 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1280 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1281 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1282 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1283 *
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1285 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1286 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1287 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1288 *
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1290 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1291 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1293 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1295 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1296 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1297 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1298 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1299 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1300 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1301 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1302 *
1303 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1304 * consisting of a nested array.
1305 *
1306 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1308 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1309 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1311 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1312 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1313 *
1314 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1315 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1316 *
1317 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1318 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1319 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1320 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1321 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1322 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001323 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001324 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1325 * to a specific alpha2.
1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1327 * rules.
1328 *
1329 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1330 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1331 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1333 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1335 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1336 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1337 *
1338 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1339 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1340 *
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1342 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1343 * of the interface mode.
1344 *
1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1346 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1347 *
1348 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1349 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1350 *
1351 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1352 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1353 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1354 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1355 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1356 * that can be added to a scan request
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1358 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1360 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1361 *
1362 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1364 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1365 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1366 *
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1368 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1370 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1371 *
1372 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1373 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1374 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1375 *
1376 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1377 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1378 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1379 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1380 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1381 * represented as a u32
1382 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1383 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1384 *
1385 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1386 * a u32
1387 *
1388 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1389 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1390 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1391 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1392 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1393 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1394 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1395 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1396 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1397 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1398 *
1399 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1400 * cipher suites
1401 *
1402 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1403 * for other networks on different channels
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1406 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1409 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1410 * this attribute can be used
1411 * with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests
1412 *
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1414 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1415 *
1416 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1417 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1418 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1419 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1420 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1421 * default in station mode.
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1423 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1424 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1425 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1426 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1427 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1428 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1429 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1430 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1431 *
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1433 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1434 *
1435 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1436 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1437 * a local disconnect request.
1438 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1439 * event (u16)
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1441 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1442 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1443 *
1444 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1445 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1446 * (an array of u32).
1447 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1448 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1449 * u32).
1450 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1451 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1452 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1454 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1455 *
1456 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1457 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1458 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1459 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1460 *
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001461 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1462 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1463 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1464 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1465 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001466 *
1467 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1468 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1469 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1470 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1471 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1472 *
1473 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1474 *
1475 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1476 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1477 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1478 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1479 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1480 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1481 * completely from scratch.
1482 *
1483 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1484 *
1485 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1486 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1487 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1488 *
1489 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1490 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1491 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1492 *
1493 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1494 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1495 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1496 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1497 *
1498 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1499 *
1500 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1501 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1502 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1503 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1504 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001505 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1506 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1507 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1508 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1509 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1510 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1511 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001512 *
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1514 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1515 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1516 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1518 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1519 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1520 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1521 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1522 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1523 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1524 *
1525 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1526 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1527 *
1528 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1529 *
1530 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1531 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1532 *
1533 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1534 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1535 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1536 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1537 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1538 *
1539 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1540 * connected to this BSS.
1541 *
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1543 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1544 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1545 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1546 * for non-automatic settings.
1547 *
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1549 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1550 *
1551 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1552 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1553 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1554 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1555 *
1556 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1557 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1558 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1559 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1560 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1561 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1562 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1563 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1564 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1565 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1566 *
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1568 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1569 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1570 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1571 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1572 *
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1574 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1575 *
1576 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1577 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1578 *
1579 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1580 *
1581 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1582 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1583 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1584 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1585 * nl80211 capability flag.
1586 *
1587 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1588 *
1589 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1590 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1591 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1592 *
1593 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1594 * changed once the mesh is active.
1595 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1596 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1597 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1598 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1599 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1600 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1601 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1602 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1603 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1604 *
1605 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1606 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1607 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1608 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1609 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1610 * triggers.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1613 * cycles, in msecs.
1614 *
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1616 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1617 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1618 * pass-thru filter rules.
1619 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1620 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1621 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1622 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1623 * able to ignore them by itself.
1624 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1625 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1626 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1627 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1628 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1629 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1630 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1631 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1632 *
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1634 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1635 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1637 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1638 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1639 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1640 *
1641 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1642 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1643 *
1644 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1645 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1646 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1647 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1648 *
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1650 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1651 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1652 *
1653 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1654 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1655 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1656 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1657 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1658 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1659 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1660 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1661 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1662 *
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1664 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1666 * as AP.
1667 *
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1669 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1670 *
1671 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1672 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1673 *
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1675 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1676 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1677 * applications use this attribute.
1678 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1679 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1680 *
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1682 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1683 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1684 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1685 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1687 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1689 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1690 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1691 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1692 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1693 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1694 *
1695 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1696 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1697 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1698 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1699 *
1700 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1701 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1702 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1703 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1704 *
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1706 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1707 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1708 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1709 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1710 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1711 *
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1713 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1714 * to be filled by the FW.
1715 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1716 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1718 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1719 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1720 * The values that may be configured are:
1721 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1722 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1723 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1724 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1725 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1726 *
1727 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1728 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1729 * to one DFS region.
1730 *
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1732 * up to 16 TIDs.
1733 *
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1735 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1736 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1737 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1738 * capability to timeout the stations.
1739 *
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1741 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1742 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1745 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1746 *
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1748 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1749 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1750 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1751 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1752 *
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1754 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1755 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1756 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001757 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1758 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1759 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1760 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1761 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1762 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1763 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1764 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1765 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1766 * consistent.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07001767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1769 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1770 *
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1774 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1776 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1777 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1778 * no change is made.
1779 *
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1781 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1782 *
1783 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1784 * carried in a u32 attribute
1785 *
1786 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1787 * MAC ACL.
1788 *
1789 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1790 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1791 * ACL.
1792 *
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1794 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1795 *
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1797 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1798 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1799 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1800 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1801 *
1802 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1803 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1804 *
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1806 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1807 * and PU-APSD.
1808 *
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1810 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1811 *
1812 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1813 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1814 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1815 *
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1817 *
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1819 * Element
1820 *
1821 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1822 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1823 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1824 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1825 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001826 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1827 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1828 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1829 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1830 *
1831 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1834 * until the channel switch event.
1835 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1836 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1837 * operation).
1838 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1839 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001840 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1841 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1842 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1843 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001844 *
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1846 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1849 *
1850 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1851 * supported operating classes.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1854 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1855 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1856 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1857 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1858 * IBSS network.
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1861 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1863 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1864 *
1865 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1866 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08001867 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1868 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1869 * u8 attribute.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07001870 *
1871 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1872 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1873 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1875 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1877 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1878 *
1879 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1880 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1881 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1882 *
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001883 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1887 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1888 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1889 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1890 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1891 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1892 *
1893 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1894 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1896 * supported number of csa counters.
1897 *
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1899 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1900 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001901 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001902 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001903 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1904 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1905 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1906 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1907 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1908 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1909 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1910 * cleared when the socket is closed.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08001911 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08001912 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1913 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1914 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1915 * multicast group.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07001916 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1917 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07001918 *
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001919 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1920 * the TDLS link initiator.
1921 *
1922 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
1923 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
1924 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
1925 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
1926 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
1927 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
1928 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001929 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
1930 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08001931 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
1932 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
1933 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
1934 *
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
1936 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
1937 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
1938 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
1939 * setting valid value for coverage class.
1940 *
1941 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
1942 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
1944 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
1945 *
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
1947 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
1948 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001949 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
1950 *
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
1952 *
1953 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
1954 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
1955 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
1956 * cfg80211 regdomain.
1957 *
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
1959 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
1960 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
1961 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
1962 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
1963 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
1964 *
1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
1966 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
1967 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
1968 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
1969 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
1970 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
1971 * over all channels.
1972 *
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001974 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
1975 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
1976 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08001977
1978 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
1979 * is operating in an indoor environment.
1980 *
1981 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
1982 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1983 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
1984 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1985 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
1986 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
1987 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
1988 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
1989 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
1990 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
1991 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
1992 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07001993 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
1994 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
1995 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
1996 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
1997 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
1998 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
1999 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2000 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2001 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2002 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2003 *
2004 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2005 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2006 *
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002008 *
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08002009 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2010 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2011 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2012 * interface type.
2013 *
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2015 * groupID for monitor mode.
2016 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2017 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2018 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2019 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2020 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2021 * each group.
2022 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2023 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2024 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2025 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2026 * groupID data.
2027 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2029 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2030 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2031 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2032 *
2033 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2034 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2035 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2036 * attribute must not be included).
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2038 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2039 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2040 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2041 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2042 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2043 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2045 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2046 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2047 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2048 *
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2050 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2051 *
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002052 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2053 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2054 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2055 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2056 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002057 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2058 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2059 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2060 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2061 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2062 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2063 * the device will decide what to use.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002064 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2065 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2066 * attribute.
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2068 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002069 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2070 * protection.
2071 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2072 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2073 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2074 *
2075 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2076 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002077 *
2078 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2079 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2080 *
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002081 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2082 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2083 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2084 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2085 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2086 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2087 * unnecessary wakeups.
2088 *
2089 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2090 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2091 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2092 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2093 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2094 *
2095 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2096 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2097 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2098 *
2099 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2100 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2101 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2102 *
2103 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2104 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2105 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2106 *
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2108 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2109 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2110 *
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2112 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2113 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2114 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2115 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2116 *
2117 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2118 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2119 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2120 *
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08002121 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2122 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2123 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2124 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2125 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2126 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2129 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2131 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2132 *
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08002133 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2134 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2135 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: flag attribute used in %NL80211_CMD_ROAMED
2138 * notification indicating that that 802.1X authentication was done by
2139 * the driver or is not needed (because roaming used the Fast Transition
2140 * protocol).
2141 *
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002142 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002143 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2144 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2145 */
2146enum nl80211_attrs {
2147/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2148 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2149
2150 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2151 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2152
2153 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2154 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2155 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2156
2157 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2158
2159 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2160 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2161 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2162 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2163 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2164
2165 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2166 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2167 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2168 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2169
2170 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2171 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2172 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2173 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2174 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2175 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2176
2177 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2178
2179 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2180
2181 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2182 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2183 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2184 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2185
2186 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2187 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2188 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2189
2190 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2191
2192 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2193
2194 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2195 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2196
2197 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2198
2199 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2200
2201 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2202 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2204
2205 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2206
2207 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2208 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2209
2210 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2211
2212 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2213 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2214 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2215 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2216
2217 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2218 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2219
2220 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2221
2222 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2223 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2224 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2225 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2226
2227 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2228
2229 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2230 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2231
2232 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2234
2235 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2236
2237
2238 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2239 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2240 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2241 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2242
2243 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2244
2245 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2246
2247 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2250
2251 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2252
2253 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2254
2255 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2256 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2257
2258 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2260 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2261 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2262
2263 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2264 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2265
2266 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2267
2268 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2269 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2270
2271 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2272
2273 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2274
2275 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2276
2277 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2278 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2281
2282 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2283
2284 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2285
2286 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2287
2288 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2289
2290 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2291
2292 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2293
2294 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2299
2300 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2301 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2302
2303 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2304 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2305 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2306
2307 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2308 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2309
2310 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2311
2312 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2313 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2314
2315 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2316
2317 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2318
2319 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2320
2321 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2322
2323 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2324
2325 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2326
2327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2328 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2329
2330 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2331 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2332
2333 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2334 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2335
2336 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2337
2338 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2339 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2340
2341 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2342
2343 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2344 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2345
2346 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2347
2348 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2351 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2352
2353 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2354 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2355
2356 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2357
2358 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2359 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2360
2361 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2362
2363 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2364
2365 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2366 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2367 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2368 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2369 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2370
2371 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2372
2373 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2374
2375 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2376
2377 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2378
2379 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2380
2381 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2382
2383 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2384 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2385
2386 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2387
2388 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2389
2390 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2391
2392 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2393
2394 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2395
2396 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2397
2398 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2399
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002400 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002401
2402 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2403
2404 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2405
2406 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2408 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2409
2410 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2411 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2412
2413 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2414
2415 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2416
2417 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2418
2419 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2420
2421 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2422
2423 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2424 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2425
2426 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2431
2432 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2433 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2436 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2437
2438 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2439 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2440
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002441 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2442
2443 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2444
2445 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2446 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2447 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2448 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2449 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2450
2451 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2452
2453 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2458
2459 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2460 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2461
2462 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2463
2464 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2465 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2467 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2468
2469 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2470
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002471 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2472 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2473
2474 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2477
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002478 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002479
2480 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2481 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2482
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08002483 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2484
2485 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2486
2487 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2488
2489 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2490 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2491 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2492
2493 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2494
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002495 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2496
2497 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2500
2501 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2506
2507 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2510
2511 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2512 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2513 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2514 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2515
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002516 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2519
2520 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2521
2522 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2523
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08002524 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2525
2526 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2527 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2528
2529 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2530 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2531 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2535
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002536 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002537 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002538 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2539 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2540
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002541 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2542 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2543
2544 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2545
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002546 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2547
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07002548 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2549 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2550
2551 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2552
2553 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2554 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2555 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2556 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2557 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2558
2559 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2562 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2563
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08002564 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2566 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2567
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002568 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2569
2570 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002571 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002572 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2573};
2574
2575/* source-level API compatibility */
2576#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2577#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002578#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08002579#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002580
2581/*
2582 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2583 * here
2584 */
2585#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2586#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2587#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2588#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2589#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2590#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2591#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2592#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2593#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2594#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2595#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2596#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2597#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2598#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2599#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2600#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2601#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2602#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2603#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2604#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2605#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2606
2607#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2608#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002609#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002610#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2611#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2612#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2613#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2614#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2615
2616#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2617#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2618
2619#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2620
2621/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2622#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2623
2624#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2625
2626/**
2627 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2628 *
2629 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2630 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2631 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2632 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2633 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2634 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2635 * AP type interface.
2636 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2637 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2638 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2639 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2640 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2641 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2642 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2643 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2644 * commands to create and destroy one
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002645 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2646 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002647 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002648 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2649 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2650 *
2651 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2652 * to set the type of an interface.
2653 *
2654 */
2655enum nl80211_iftype {
2656 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2657 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2658 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2659 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2660 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2661 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2662 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2663 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2664 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2665 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2666 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002667 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08002668 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002669
2670 /* keep last */
2671 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2672 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2673};
2674
2675/**
2676 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2677 *
2678 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2679 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2680 *
2681 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2682 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2683 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2684 * with short barker preamble
2685 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2686 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2687 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2688 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2689 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2690 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2691 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2692 * as errors.)
2693 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2694 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2695 * previously added station into associated state
2696 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2697 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2698 */
2699enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2700 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2701 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2702 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2703 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2704 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2705 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2706 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2707 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2708
2709 /* keep last */
2710 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2711 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2712};
2713
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002714/**
2715 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2716 *
2717 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2718 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2719 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2720 */
2721enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2722 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2723 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2724
2725 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2726};
2727
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002728#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2729
2730/**
2731 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2732 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2733 * @set: which values to set them to
2734 *
2735 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2736 */
2737struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2738 __u32 mask;
2739 __u32 set;
2740} __attribute__((packed));
2741
2742/**
2743 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2744 *
2745 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2746 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2747 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2748 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2749 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2750 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2751 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2752 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2753 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2754 *
2755 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2756 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2757 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2758 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2759 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2760 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2761 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2762 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2763 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2764 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002765 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2766 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002767 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002768 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2769 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2770 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2771 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2772 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2773 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002774 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2775 */
2776enum nl80211_rate_info {
2777 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2778 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2779 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2780 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2781 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2782 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2783 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2784 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2787 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002788 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2789 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002790
2791 /* keep last */
2792 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2793 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2794};
2795
2796/**
2797 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2798 *
2799 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2800 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2801 *
2802 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2803 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2804 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2805 * (flag)
2806 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2807 * (flag)
2808 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2809 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2810 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2811 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2812 */
2813enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2814 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2815 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2816 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2817 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2818 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2819 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2820
2821 /* keep last */
2822 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2823 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2824};
2825
2826/**
2827 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2828 *
2829 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2830 * when getting information about a station.
2831 *
2832 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2833 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002834 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2835 * (u32, from this station)
2836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2837 * (u32, to this station)
2838 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2839 * (u64, from this station)
2840 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2841 * (u64, to this station)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002842 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2843 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2844 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2846 * (u32, from this station)
2847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2848 * (u32, to this station)
2849 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2850 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2851 * (u32, to this station)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002852 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2853 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2854 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2855 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2856 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2858 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2860 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2862 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2864 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2865 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2868 * non-peer STA
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2870 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2872 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002873 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2874 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002875 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2876 * (u64)
2877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2878 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2879 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2881 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2882 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2883 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2884 * attributes carrying the actual values.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002885 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
2886 * received from the station (u64, usec)
2887 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002888 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
2889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
2890 */
2891enum nl80211_sta_info {
2892 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
2893 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
2894 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
2895 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
2896 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
2897 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
2898 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
2899 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
2900 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
2901 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
2902 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
2903 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
2904 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
2905 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
2906 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
2907 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
2908 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
2909 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
2910 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
2911 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
2912 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
2913 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
2914 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
2915 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
2916 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07002917 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
2918 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07002919 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002920 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
2921 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
2922 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
2923 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002924 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
2925 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002926
2927 /* keep last */
2928 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2929 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2930};
2931
2932/**
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002933 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
2934 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2935 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
2936 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
2937 * attempted to transmit; u64)
2938 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
2939 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
2940 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
2941 * MSDUs (u64)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002942 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002943 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
2944 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
2945 */
2946enum nl80211_tid_stats {
2947 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
2948 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
2949 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
2950 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
2951 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07002952 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08002953
2954 /* keep last */
2955 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
2956 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
2957};
2958
2959/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07002960 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
2961 *
2962 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
2963 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
2964 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
2965 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
2966 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
2967 */
2968enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
2969 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
2970 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
2971 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
2972 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
2973 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
2974};
2975
2976/**
2977 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
2978 *
2979 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
2980 * information about a mesh path.
2981 *
2982 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2983 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
2984 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
2985 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
2986 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
2987 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
2988 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
2989 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
2990 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
2991 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
2992 * currently defind
2993 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2994 */
2995enum nl80211_mpath_info {
2996 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
2997 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
2998 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
2999 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3000 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3001 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3002 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3003 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3004
3005 /* keep last */
3006 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3007 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3008};
3009
3010/**
3011 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3012 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3013 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3014 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3015 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3016 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3017 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3018 * defined in 802.11n
3019 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3020 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3021 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3022 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3023 * defined in 802.11ac
3024 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3025 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3026 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3027 */
3028enum nl80211_band_attr {
3029 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3030 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3031 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3032
3033 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3034 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3035 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3036 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3037
3038 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3039 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3040
3041 /* keep last */
3042 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3043 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3044};
3045
3046#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3047
3048/**
3049 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3050 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3051 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3052 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3053 * regulatory domain.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003054 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3055 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3056 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003057 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3058 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3059 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3060 * (100 * dBm).
3061 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3062 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3063 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3064 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3065 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3066 * channel as the control channel
3067 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3068 * channel as the control channel
3069 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3070 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3071 * this includes 80+80 channels
3072 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3073 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3074 * isn't possible
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003075 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3076 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3077 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3078 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3079 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3080 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3081 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003082 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003083 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3084 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003085 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3086 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3087 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3088 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3089 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3090 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3091 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3092 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003093 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3094 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3095 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3096 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003097 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3098 * currently defined
3099 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003100 *
3101 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3102 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3103 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003104 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003105 */
3106enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3107 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3108 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3109 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003110 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3111 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003112 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3113 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3114 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3115 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3116 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3117 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3118 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3119 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003120 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3121 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003122 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003123 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3124 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003125
3126 /* keep last */
3127 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3128 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3129};
3130
3131#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003132#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3133#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3134#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003135#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3136 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003137
3138/**
3139 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3140 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3141 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3142 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3143 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3144 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3145 * currently defined
3146 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3147 */
3148enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3149 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3150 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3151 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3152
3153 /* keep last */
3154 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3155 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3156};
3157
3158/**
3159 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3160 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3161 * regulatory domain.
3162 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3163 * regulatory domain.
3164 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3165 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3166 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3167 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3168 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3169 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3170 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3171 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3172 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3173 */
3174enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3175 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3176 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3177 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3178 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3179};
3180
3181/**
3182 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3183 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3184 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3185 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3186 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3187 * domain.
3188 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3189 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3190 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3191 * them to be applied.
3192 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3193 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3194 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3195 * domain request to be processed.
3196 */
3197enum nl80211_reg_type {
3198 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3199 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3200 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3201 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3202};
3203
3204/**
3205 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3206 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3207 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3208 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3209 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3210 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3211 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3212 * band edge.
3213 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3214 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3215 * band edge.
3216 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003217 * frequency range, in KHz.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003218 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3219 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3220 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3221 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3222 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003223 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3224 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003225 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3226 * currently defined
3227 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3228 */
3229enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3230 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3231 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3232
3233 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3234 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3235 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3236
3237 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3238 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3239
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003240 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3241
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003242 /* keep last */
3243 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3244 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3245};
3246
3247/**
3248 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3249 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3250 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003251 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07003252 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003253 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003254 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3255 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3256 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3257 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3258 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3259 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3260 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07003261 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3262 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3263 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3264 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3265 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3266 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3267 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3268 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3269 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003270 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3271 * attribute number currently defined
3272 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3273 */
3274enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3275 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3276
3277 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3278 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07003279 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3280 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3281 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003282
3283 /* keep last */
3284 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3285 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3286 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3287};
3288
3289/* only for backward compatibility */
3290#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3291
3292/**
3293 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3294 *
3295 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3296 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3297 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3298 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3299 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3300 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3301 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003302 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3303 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3304 * beaconing.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003305 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3306 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3307 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003308 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See &NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3309 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3310 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3311 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3312 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003313 */
3314enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3315 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3316 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3317 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3318 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3319 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3320 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3321 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003322 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3323 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003324 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003325 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3326 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3327 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3328 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3329 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003330};
3331
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003332#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3333#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3334#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003335#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3336 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3337#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003338
3339/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3340#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3341
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003342/**
3343 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3344 *
3345 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3346 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3347 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3348 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3349 */
3350enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3351 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3352 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3353 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3354 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3355};
3356
3357/**
3358 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3359 *
3360 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3361 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3362 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3363 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3364 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3365 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3366 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3367 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3368 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3369 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3370 * supported feature.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003371 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3372 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003373 */
3374enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3375 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3376 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07003377 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003378};
3379
3380/**
3381 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3382 *
3383 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3384 * when getting information about a survey.
3385 *
3386 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3387 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3388 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3389 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003390 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3391 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3392 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003393 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003394 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003395 * channel was sensed busy
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003396 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3397 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3398 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3399 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3400 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3401 * (on this channel or globally)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003402 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003403 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3404 * currently defined
3405 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3406 */
3407enum nl80211_survey_info {
3408 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3409 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3410 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3411 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003412 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3413 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3414 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3415 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3416 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3417 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003418 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003419
3420 /* keep last */
3421 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3422 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3423};
3424
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003425/* keep old names for compatibility */
3426#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3427#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3428#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3429#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3430#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3431
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003432/**
3433 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3434 *
3435 * Monitor configuration flags.
3436 *
3437 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3438 *
3439 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3440 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3441 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3442 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3443 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3444 * overrides all other flags.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003445 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3446 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003447 *
3448 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3449 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3450 */
3451enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3452 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3453 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3454 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3455 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3456 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3457 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003458 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003459
3460 /* keep last */
3461 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3462 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3463};
3464
3465/**
3466 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3467 *
3468 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3469 * not known or has not been set yet.
3470 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3471 * in Awake state all the time.
3472 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3473 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3474 * neighbor's beacons.
3475 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3476 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3477 * for neighbor's beacons.
3478 *
3479 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3480 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3481 */
3482
3483enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3484 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3485 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3486 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3487 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3488
3489 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3490 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3491};
3492
3493/**
3494 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3495 *
3496 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3497 * active.
3498 *
3499 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3500 *
3501 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3502 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3503 *
3504 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3505 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3506 *
3507 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3508 * millisecond units
3509 *
3510 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3511 * on this mesh interface
3512 *
3513 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3514 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3515 * mesh
3516 *
3517 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3518 * point.
3519 *
3520 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3521 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3522 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3523 * set.
3524 *
3525 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3526 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3527 * target)
3528 *
3529 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3530 * (in milliseconds)
3531 *
3532 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3533 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3534 *
3535 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3536 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3537 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3538 *
3539 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3540 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3541 * reference element
3542 *
3543 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3544 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3545 * mesh
3546 *
3547 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3548 *
3549 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3550 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3551 *
3552 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3553 * root announcements are transmitted.
3554 *
3555 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3556 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3557 * Announcement frames.
3558 *
3559 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3560 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3561 * PERR element.
3562 *
3563 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3564 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3565 *
3566 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3567 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3568 * a peer link.
3569 *
3570 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3571 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3572 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3573 *
3574 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3575 *
3576 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3577 *
3578 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3579 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3580 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3581 *
3582 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3583 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3584 *
3585 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3586 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3587 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3588 *
3589 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3590 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3591 *
3592 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3593 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003594 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3595 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003596 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3597 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003598 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003599 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3600 */
3601enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3602 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3603 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3604 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3605 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3606 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3607 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3608 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3609 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3610 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3611 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3612 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3613 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3614 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3615 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3616 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3617 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3618 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3619 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3620 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3621 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3622 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3623 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3624 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3625 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3626 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3627 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3628 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3629 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003630 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003631
3632 /* keep last */
3633 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3634 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3635};
3636
3637/**
3638 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3639 *
3640 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3641 * changed while the mesh is active.
3642 *
3643 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3644 *
3645 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3646 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3647 * default HWMP.
3648 *
3649 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3650 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3651 * metric.
3652 *
3653 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3654 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3655 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3656 * metrics in use.
3657 *
3658 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3659 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3660 *
3661 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3662 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3663 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3664 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3665 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3666 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3667 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3668 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3669 * userspace daemon.
3670 *
3671 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3672 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3673 * neighbor offset synchronization
3674 *
3675 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3676 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3677 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003678 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3679 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3680 * Default is no authentication method required.
3681 *
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003682 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3683 *
3684 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3685 */
3686enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3687 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3688 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3689 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3690 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3691 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3692 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3693 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3694 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003695 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003696
3697 /* keep last */
3698 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3699 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3700};
3701
3702/**
3703 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3704 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3705 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3706 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3707 * disabled
3708 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3709 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3710 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3711 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3712 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3713 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3714 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3715 */
3716enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3717 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3718 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3719 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3720 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3721 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3722 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3723
3724 /* keep last */
3725 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3726 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3727};
3728
3729enum nl80211_ac {
3730 NL80211_AC_VO,
3731 NL80211_AC_VI,
3732 NL80211_AC_BE,
3733 NL80211_AC_BK,
3734 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3735};
3736
3737/* backward compat */
3738#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3739#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3740#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3741#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3742#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3743
3744/**
3745 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3746 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3747 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3748 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3749 * below the control channel
3750 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3751 * above the control channel
3752 */
3753enum nl80211_channel_type {
3754 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3755 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3756 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3757 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3758};
3759
3760/**
3761 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3762 *
3763 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3764 * attribute.
3765 *
3766 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3767 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3768 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3769 * attribute must be provided as well
3770 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3771 * attribute must be provided as well
3772 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3773 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3774 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3775 * attribute must be provided as well
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003776 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3777 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003778 */
3779enum nl80211_chan_width {
3780 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3781 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3782 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3783 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3784 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3785 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003786 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3787 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3788};
3789
3790/**
3791 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3792 *
3793 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3794 *
3795 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3796 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3797 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3798 */
3799enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3800 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3801 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3802 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003803};
3804
3805/**
3806 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3807 *
3808 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3809 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3810 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3811 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003812 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3813 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
3814 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003815 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
3816 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
3817 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
3818 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003819 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
3820 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
3821 * they are from a Beacon frame.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003822 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
3823 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003824 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
3825 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003826 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
3827 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
3828 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
3829 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
3830 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
3831 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
3832 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
3833 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
3834 * yet been received
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003835 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
3836 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003837 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
3838 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
3839 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
3840 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003841 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
3842 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
3843 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003844 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08003845 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
3846 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
3847 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
3848 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
3849 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
3850 * is set.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003851 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
3852 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
3853 */
3854enum nl80211_bss {
3855 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
3856 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
3857 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
3858 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
3859 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3860 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
3861 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
3862 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
3863 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
3864 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
3865 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
3866 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07003867 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08003868 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
3869 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003870 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07003871 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08003872 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
3873 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003874
3875 /* keep last */
3876 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
3877 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
3878};
3879
3880/**
3881 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
3882 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08003883 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
3884 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
3885 * a given BSS.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003886 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
3887 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
3888 *
3889 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
3890 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
3891 */
3892enum nl80211_bss_status {
3893 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
3894 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
3895 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
3896};
3897
3898/**
3899 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
3900 *
3901 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
3902 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
3903 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
3904 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
3905 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08003906 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
3907 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
3908 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003909 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
3910 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
3911 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
3912 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
3913 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
3914 */
3915enum nl80211_auth_type {
3916 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
3917 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
3918 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
3919 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
3920 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08003921 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
3922 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
3923 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07003924
3925 /* keep last */
3926 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
3927 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
3928 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
3929};
3930
3931/**
3932 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
3933 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
3934 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
3935 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
3936 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
3937 */
3938enum nl80211_key_type {
3939 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
3940 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
3941 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
3942
3943 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
3944};
3945
3946/**
3947 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
3948 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
3949 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
3950 */
3951enum nl80211_mfp {
3952 NL80211_MFP_NO,
3953 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
3954};
3955
3956enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
3957 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
3958 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
3959};
3960
3961/**
3962 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
3963 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
3964 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
3965 * unicast key
3966 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
3967 * multicast key
3968 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
3969 */
3970enum nl80211_key_default_types {
3971 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
3972 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
3973 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
3974
3975 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
3976};
3977
3978/**
3979 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
3980 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
3981 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
3982 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
3983 * keys
3984 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
3985 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
3986 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
3987 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
3988 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
3989 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
3990 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
3991 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
3992 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
3993 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
3994 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
3995 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
3996 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
3997 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
3998 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
3999 */
4000enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4001 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4002 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4003 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4004 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4005 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4006 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4007 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4008 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4009 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4010
4011 /* keep last */
4012 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4013 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4014};
4015
4016/**
4017 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4018 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4019 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4020 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4021 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4022 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004023 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004024 * in an array of MCS numbers.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004025 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4026 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004027 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004028 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4029 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4030 */
4031enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4032 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4033 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004034 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4035 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004036 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004037
4038 /* keep last */
4039 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4040 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4041};
4042
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004043#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4044#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4045
4046/**
4047 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4048 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4049 */
4050struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4051 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4052};
4053
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004054enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4055 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4056 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4057 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4058};
4059
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004060/**
4061 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4062 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4063 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4064 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004065 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4066 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004067 */
4068enum nl80211_band {
4069 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4070 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4071 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004072
4073 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004074};
4075
4076/**
4077 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4078 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4079 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4080 */
4081enum nl80211_ps_state {
4082 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4083 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4084};
4085
4086/**
4087 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4088 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4089 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4090 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004091 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4092 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4093 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4094 * crosses any of the thresholds.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004095 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4096 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4097 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4098 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4099 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4100 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4101 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4102 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4103 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4104 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4105 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4106 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4107 * checked.
4108 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4109 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4110 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4111 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004112 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4113 * loss event
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004114 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4115 * RSSI threshold event.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004116 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4117 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4118 */
4119enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4120 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4121 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4122 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4123 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4124 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4125 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4126 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4127 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004128 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004129 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004130
4131 /* keep last */
4132 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4133 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4134};
4135
4136/**
4137 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4138 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4139 * configured threshold
4140 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4141 * configured threshold
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004142 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004143 */
4144enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4145 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4146 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4147 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4148};
4149
4150
4151/**
4152 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4153 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4154 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4155 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4156 */
4157enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4158 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4159 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4160 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4161};
4162
4163/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004164 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4165 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4166 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004167 * a zero bit are ignored
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004168 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004169 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4170 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4171 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4172 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4173 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4174 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4175 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4176 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4177 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4178 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004179 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004180 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004181 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4182 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004183 */
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004184enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4185 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4186 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4187 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4188 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004189
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004190 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4191 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004192};
4193
4194/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004195 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004196 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4197 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4198 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4199 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4200 *
4201 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004202 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4203 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4204 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4205 * by the kernel to userspace.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004206 */
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004207struct nl80211_pattern_support {
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004208 __u32 max_patterns;
4209 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4210 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4211 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4212} __attribute__((packed));
4213
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004214/* only for backward compatibility */
4215#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4216#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4217#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4218#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4219#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4220#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4221#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4222
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004223/**
4224 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4225 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4227 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4228 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004229 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4230 * any others are even supported by the device.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004231 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4232 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4233 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4234 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4235 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4236 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4237 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4238 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4239 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4240 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4241 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4242 *
4243 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004244 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004245 *
4246 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4247 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4248 * to the kernel when configuring.
4249 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4250 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4251 * by the device (flag)
4252 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4253 * done by the device) (flag)
4254 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4255 * packet (flag)
4256 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4257 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4258 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4259 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4260 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4261 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4262 * attribute contains the original length.
4263 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4264 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4265 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4266 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4267 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4268 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4269 * contains the original length.
4270 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4271 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4272 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4273 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4274 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4275 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4276 * the TCP connection.
4277 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4278 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4279 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4280 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4281 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4282 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4283 * service
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004284 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4285 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4286 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4287 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4288 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4289 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4290 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4291 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4292 * supported by the driver (u32).
4293 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4294 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4295 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4296 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4297 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4298 * occurred.
4299 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4300 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4301 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4302 * these attributes must be present. If
4303 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4304 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4305 * channel.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004306 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4307 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4308 *
4309 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4310 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4311 */
4312enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4313 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4314 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4315 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4316 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4317 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4318 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4319 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4320 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4321 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4322 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4323 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4324 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4325 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4326 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4327 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4328 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4329 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4330 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004331 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4332 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004333
4334 /* keep last */
4335 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4336 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4337};
4338
4339/**
4340 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4341 *
4342 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4343 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4344 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4345 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4346 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4347 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4348 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4349 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4350 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4351 *
4352 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4353 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4354 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4355 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4356 * also woken up.
4357 *
4358 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4359 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4360 */
4361
4362/**
4363 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4364 * @start: starting value
4365 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4366 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4367 *
4368 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4369 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4370 * in little endian.
4371 */
4372struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4373 __u32 start, offset, len;
4374};
4375
4376/**
4377 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4378 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4379 * @len: length of each token
4380 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4381 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4382 */
4383struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4384 __u32 offset, len;
4385 __u8 token_stream[];
4386};
4387
4388/**
4389 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4390 * @min_len: minimum token length
4391 * @max_len: maximum token length
4392 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4393 */
4394struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4395 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4396};
4397
4398/**
4399 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4400 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4401 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4402 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4403 * (in network byte order)
4404 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4405 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4406 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4407 * might require ARP querying.
4408 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4409 * socket and port will be allocated
4410 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4411 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4412 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4413 * of the data payload.
4414 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4415 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4416 * advertising it is just a flag
4417 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4418 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4419 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4420 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4421 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4422 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4423 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4424 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004425 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004426 * but on the TCP payload only.
4427 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4428 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4429 */
4430enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4431 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4432 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4433 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4434 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4435 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4436 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4437 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4438 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4439 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4440 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4441 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4442 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4443
4444 /* keep last */
4445 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4446 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4447};
4448
4449/**
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004450 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4451 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4452 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4453 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4454 *
4455 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4456 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4457 */
4458struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4459 __u32 max_rules;
4460 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4461 __u32 max_delay;
4462} __attribute__((packed));
4463
4464/**
4465 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4466 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4467 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4468 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4469 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4470 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4471 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4472 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4473 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4474 */
4475enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4476 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4477 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4478 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4479 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4480
4481 /* keep last */
4482 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4483 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4484};
4485
4486/**
4487 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4488 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4489 * in a rule are matched.
4490 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4491 * in a rule are not matched.
4492 */
4493enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4494 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4495 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4496};
4497
4498/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004499 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4500 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4501 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4502 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4503 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4504 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4505 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4506 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4507 */
4508enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4509 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4510 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4511 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4512
4513 /* keep last */
4514 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4515 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4516};
4517
4518/**
4519 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4520 *
4521 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4522 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4523 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4524 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4525 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4526 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4527 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4528 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4529 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4530 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4531 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4532 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4533 * different channels may be used within this group.
4534 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4535 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004536 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4537 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004538 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4539 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4540 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004541 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4542 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4543 *
4544 * Examples:
4545 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4546 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4547 *
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004548 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4549 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004550 *
4551 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4552 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4553 *
4554 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4555 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4556 *
4557 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4558 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4559 * that any of these groups must match.
4560 *
4561 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4562 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4563 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4564 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4565 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4566 */
4567enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4568 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4569 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4570 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4571 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4572 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4573 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004574 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004575 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004576
4577 /* keep last */
4578 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4579 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4580};
4581
4582
4583/**
4584 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4585 *
4586 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4587 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4588 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4589 * this mesh peer
4590 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4591 * from this mesh peer
4592 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4593 * received from this mesh peer
4594 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4595 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4596 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4597 * plink are discarded
4598 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4599 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4600 */
4601enum nl80211_plink_state {
4602 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4603 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4604 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4605 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4606 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4607 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4608 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4609
4610 /* keep last */
4611 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4612 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4613};
4614
4615/**
4616 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4617 *
4618 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4619 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4620 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4621 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4622 */
4623enum plink_actions {
4624 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4625 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4626 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4627
4628 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4629};
4630
4631
4632#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4633#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4634#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4635
4636/**
4637 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4638 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4639 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4640 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4641 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4642 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4643 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4644 */
4645enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4646 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4647 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4648 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4649 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4650
4651 /* keep last */
4652 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4653 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4654};
4655
4656/**
4657 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4658 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4659 * Beacon frames)
4660 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4661 * in Beacon frames
4662 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4663 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4664 */
4665enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4666 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4667 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4668 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4669};
4670
4671/**
4672 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4673 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4674 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4675 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4676 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4677 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4678 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4679 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4680 */
4681enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4682 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4683 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4684 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4685
4686 /* keep last */
4687 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4688 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4689};
4690
4691/**
4692 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4693 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4694 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4695 * priority)
4696 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4697 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4698 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4699 * (internal)
4700 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4701 * (internal)
4702 */
4703enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4704 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4705 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4706 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4707 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4708
4709 /* keep last */
4710 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4711 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4712};
4713
4714/**
4715 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4716 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4717 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4718 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4719 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4720 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4721 */
4722enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4723 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4724 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4725 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4726 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4727 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4728};
4729
4730/*
4731 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4732 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4733 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4734enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4735};
4736 */
4737
4738/**
4739 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4740 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4741 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4742 * socket option.
4743 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4744 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4745 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4746 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4747 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4748 * cellular base stations.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004749 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4750 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004751 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4752 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4753 * mode
4754 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4756 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4757 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4758 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4759 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4760 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4762 * setting
4763 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4764 * powersave
4765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4766 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4767 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4768 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4769 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4770 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4771 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4772 * states using station flags.
4773 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4774 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4775 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4776 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4777 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4778 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4779 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4780 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4781 * still generated by the driver.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004782 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4783 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4784 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4785 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004786 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4787 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4788 * lifetime of a BSS.
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004789 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4790 * Set IE to probe requests.
4791 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4792 * to probe requests.
4793 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4794 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4795 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4796 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4797 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4798 * Measurement Report action frame.
4799 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4800 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4801 * to enable dynack.
4802 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4803 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4804 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4806 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4807 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
4808 * rts/cts handshake.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004809 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
4810 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
4811 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
4812 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
4813 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
4814 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
4815 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
4816 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
4817 * operating as a TDLS peer.
4818 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4819 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
4820 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
4821 * address mask/value will be used.
4822 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
4823 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
4824 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4825 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
4826 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
4827 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
4828 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
4829 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004830 */
4831enum nl80211_feature_flags {
4832 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
4833 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
4834 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
4835 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
4836 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
4837 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
4838 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
4839 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
4840 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
4841 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
4842 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
4843 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
4844 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
4845 /* bit 13 is reserved */
4846 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
4847 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
4848 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07004849 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07004850 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08004851 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
4852 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
4853 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
4854 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
4855 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
4856 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
4857 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004858 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
4859 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
4860 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
4861 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
4862 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
4863 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
4864};
4865
4866/**
4867 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
4868 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
4870 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
4871 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
4872 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
4873 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08004874 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
4875 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
4876 * certain groups which can be configured by the
4877 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
4878 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
4879 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
4880 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
4881 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
4882 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4883 * (if available).
4884 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
4885 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
4886 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
4887 * (if available).
4888 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
4889 * channel dwell time.
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08004890 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
4891 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
4892 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
4893 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
4894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
4895 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004896 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
4897 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
4899 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
4900 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
4901 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
4902 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
4903 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
4904 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
4905 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
4906 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
4907 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
4908 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
4909 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08004910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
4911 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
4912 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
4913 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
4914 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
4915 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
4916 * be supported.
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004917 *
4918 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
4919 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
4920 */
4921enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
4922 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07004923 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
Christopher Ferris6e3550f2016-12-12 14:51:18 -08004924 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
4925 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
4926 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4927 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08004928 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
4929 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
4930 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
Christopher Ferris2fd4b3c2017-02-21 12:32:08 -08004931 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004932 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
4933 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
4934 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4935 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
4936 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
Christopher Ferris25981132017-11-14 16:53:49 -08004937 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
4938 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08004939
4940 /* add new features before the definition below */
4941 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
4942 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004943};
4944
4945/**
4946 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
4947 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
4948 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
4949 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
4950 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
4951 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
4952 * to the host.
4953 *
4954 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
4955 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
4956 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
4957 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
4958 */
4959enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
4960 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
4961 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
4962 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
4963 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
4964};
4965
4966/**
4967 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
4968 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
4969 * handled by the AP is reached.
4970 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
4971 */
4972enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
4973 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
4974 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
4975};
4976
4977/**
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07004978 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
4979 *
4980 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
4981 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
4982 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
4983 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
4984 */
4985enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
4986 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
4987 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
4988 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
4989 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
4990};
4991
4992/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07004993 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
4994 *
4995 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
4996 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
4997 * requests.
4998 *
4999 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5000 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5001 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5002 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5003 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5004 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5005 * when really needed
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08005006 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5007 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5008 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5009 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5010 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5011 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5012 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5013 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5014 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005015 */
5016enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5017 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5018 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5019 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08005020 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005021};
5022
5023/**
5024 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5025 *
5026 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5027 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5028 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5029 *
5030 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5031 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5032 * in ACL to authenticate.
5033 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5034 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5035 */
5036enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5037 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5038 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5039};
5040
5041/**
Christopher Ferris7c0b6392015-01-23 15:34:26 -08005042 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5043 *
5044 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5045 *
5046 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5047 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5048 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5049 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5050 */
5051enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5052 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5053 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5054 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5055
5056 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5057 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5058};
5059
5060/**
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005061 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5062 *
5063 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5064 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5065 *
5066 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5067 * now unusable.
5068 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5069 * the channel is now available.
5070 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5071 * change to the channel status.
5072 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5073 * over, channel becomes usable.
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07005074 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5075 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5076 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5077 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005078 */
5079enum nl80211_radar_event {
5080 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5081 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5082 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5083 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07005084 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005085};
5086
5087/**
5088 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5089 *
5090 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5091 *
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005092 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005093 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005094 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005095 * is therefore marked as not available.
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005096 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005097 */
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005098enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5099 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5100 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5101 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5102};
5103
5104/**
5105 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5106 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5107 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5108 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5109 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5110 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5111 */
5112enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5113 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5114};
5115
5116/**
5117 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5118 *
5119 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5120 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5121 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5122 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5123 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5124 */
5125enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5126 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5127 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5128 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5129 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5130 /* add other protocols before this one */
5131 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5132};
5133
5134/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5135#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5136
Christopher Ferrise0845012014-07-09 14:58:51 -07005137/**
5138 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5139 *
5140 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5141 *
5142 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5143 */
5144enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5145 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5146};
5147
5148/*
5149 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5150 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5151 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5152 */
5153#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5154
5155/**
5156 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5157 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5158 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5159 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5160 * added to this file when needed.
5161 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5162 */
5163struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5164 __u32 vendor_id;
5165 __u32 subcmd;
5166};
5167
Christopher Ferris31475242014-09-02 17:43:51 -07005168/**
5169 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5170 *
5171 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5172 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5173 *
5174 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5175 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5176 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5177 */
5178enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5179 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5180 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5181 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5182};
5183
Christopher Ferris12e1f282016-02-04 12:35:07 -08005184/**
5185 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5186 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5187 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5188 * seconds (u32).
5189 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5190 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5191 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5192 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5193 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5194 * currently defined
5195 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5196 */
5197enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5198 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5199 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5200 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5201
5202 /* keep last */
5203 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5204 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5205 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5206};
5207
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07005208/**
5209 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5210 *
Christopher Ferris0543f742017-07-26 13:09:46 -07005211 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5212 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5213 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
Christopher Ferrisccfaccd2016-08-24 12:11:31 -07005214 */
5215struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5216 __u8 band;
5217 __s8 delta;
5218} __attribute__((packed));
5219
5220/**
5221 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5222 *
5223 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5224 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5225 * is requested.
5226 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5227 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5228 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5229 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5230 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5231 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5232 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5233 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5234 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5235 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5236 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5237 *
5238 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5239 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5240 * which the driver shall use.
5241 */
5242enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5243 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5244 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5245 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5246 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5247
5248 /* keep last */
5249 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5250 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5251};
5252
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08005253/**
Christopher Ferris33185402017-01-13 13:28:52 -08005254 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5255 *
5256 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5257 *
5258 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5259 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5260 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5261 */
5262enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5263 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5264 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5265 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5266
5267 /* keep last */
5268 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5269 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5270};
5271
5272/**
5273 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5274 *
5275 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5276 *
5277 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5278 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5279 */
5280enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5281 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5282 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5283};
5284
5285/**
5286 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5287 *
5288 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5289 *
5290 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5291 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5292 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5293 */
5294enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5295 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5296 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5297 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5298};
5299
5300#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5301#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5302#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5303
5304/**
5305 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5306 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5307 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5308 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5309 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5310 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5311 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5312 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5313 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5314 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5315 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5316 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5317 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5318 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5319 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5320 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5321 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5322 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5323 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5324 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5325 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5326 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5327 * This is a flag.
5328 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5329 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5330 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5331 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5332 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5333 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5334 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5335 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5336 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5337 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5338 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5339 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5340 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5341 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5342 *
5343 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5344 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5345 */
5346enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5347 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5348 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5349 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5350 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5351 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5352 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5353 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5354 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5355 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5356 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5357 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5358 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5359 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5360 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5361 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5362 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5363 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5364
5365 /* keep last */
5366 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5367 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5368};
5369
5370/**
5371 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5372 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5373 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5374 * This is a flag.
5375 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5376 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5377 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5378 * &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5379 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5380 * and only if &NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5381 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5382 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5383 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5384 */
5385enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5386 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5387 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5388 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5389 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5390 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5391
5392 /* keep last */
5393 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5394 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5395};
5396
5397/**
5398 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5399 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5400 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5401 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5402 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5403 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5404 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5405 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5406 *
5407 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5408 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5409 */
5410enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5411 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5412 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5413 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5414
5415 /* keep last */
5416 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5417 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5418};
5419
Ben Cheng224b54f2013-10-15 18:26:18 -07005420#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */